Open Gym & Specialty Events

Name
Days
Location
Open Gym Wednesday April 24th (Ages 6+) **LINDON LOCATION**
175 spots left
Wednesday
8:15 PM to 11:15 PM
Lindon
Tricking Demo Class (Ages 8+)
15 spots left
Join us for a Tricking Demo Class!

This will be a great opportunity for your athlete to explore a new type of movement! Tricking is a sport that combines aspects of martial arts, breakdancing, tumbling and free running all on flat ground!
Saturday
1:15 PM to 2:15 PM
Lindon
Saratoga Youth Cheer Choreography- LADY LIGHTNING
4 spots left
Friday: Choreography Camp 6:00-9:00 PM
Saturday: Choreography Camp 9:00 AM- 4:00 PM

Please bring a lunch, water, and cheer shoes! Wear all black (or dark colors). Hair pulled back!!
Friday Saturday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
Saratoga Youth Cheer Choreography- STORM
This class is full
Friday: Choreography Camp 6:00-9:00 PM
Saturday: Choreography Camp 9:00 AM- 4:00 PM

Please bring a lunch, water, and cheer shoes! Wear all black (or dark colors). Hair pulled back!!
Friday Saturday
6:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
Saratoga Youth Cheer Choreography- TINY TORNADOS
3 spots left
Friday: Choreography Camp 6:00-8:00 PM
Saturday: Choreography Camp 9:00 AM- 2:00 PM

Please bring a lunch, water, and cheer shoes! Wear all black (or dark colors). Hair pulled back!!
Friday Saturday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon

Lehi Winter 2023-2024

Name
Days
Location
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 4-6)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
2:00 PM to 3:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
2:00 PM to 3:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Acro 3/4 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 2/3)
4 spots left
**NEW & IMPROVED ACRO PROGRAM**
Our NEW Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare athletes for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Acro 3 Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!




Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Side Aerials (Ages 7+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.




Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $84 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmai.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit a full-ups, full-arounds, high to high tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills on three different bases without traveling.

Flyers will continue to master intermediate skills and begin to work the four basic elite level stunts: Rewinds, Front Handspring-ups, Back Handspring-ups, and Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs.



Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Intermediate Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $84 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit the following sequence: Toss Extension, Left/Right Liberty, Cupie, Pop Off.
(Athletes need to be able to hit the sequence with confidence on two partners, without traveling.)

Flyer will master toss target/cupie and begin working full-ups, tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills.





Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 11+)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 4-6)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
2:00 PM to 3:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@gmail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 9+)
4 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 9+)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Tuesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 1)
6 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Straight Leg Silly Side Kick Over, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials.



Tuesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 3 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 2)
6 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare athletes for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.




Tuesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 6-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 9+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:00 AM to 10:00 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 4-6)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:00 AM to 10:00 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 6-12)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
7 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Wednesday
2:15 PM to 3:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 3/4 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 2/3)
4 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare athletes for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Acro 3 Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!




Wednesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Ninja 1 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Ground Skills: Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Drop Roll, Parkour Roll, Dive Roll, Precision Jumps, Strides.
Vaults: Safety Vault, Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, Turn Vault.
Wall Skills: Wall Run, Cat Grab, Handstand on the wall (20-30 seconds).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Wednesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Ninja 3/4 (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
Athletes should be signed up in a class that reflects their CURRENT NINJA ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Ninja ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! (DTATumbling@gmail.com)

Prerequisites:
Macaco, Controlled handstand landing in lunge, Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Front Flip on Tramp, Back Tuck Drill, Tic Tac, Climb up, 30 Second Plank Hold, 30 Second Banana Hold.

Ninja 3 Skills Taught are as follows below + additional Ninja 4 skills.
Vaults: Double Kong, Kash Vault
Flips: Back Tuck with a Light Spot, Front Flip on the Floor, Wall Spin
Ground Skills: Kip Up, Inward 360 roll
Strength Section: Handstand on the wall 1-1.15 minutes, Plank 1-2 Min, Back Bend 35 seconds.











Wednesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Ninja 1 (Ages 6+)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Ground Skills: Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Drop Roll, Parkour Roll, Dive Roll, Precision Jumps, Strides.
Vaults: Safety Vault, Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, Turn Vault.
Wall Skills: Wall Run, Cat Grab, Handstand on the wall (20-30 seconds).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
7 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Intermediate Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $84 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit the following sequence: Toss Extension, Left/Right Liberty, Cupie, Pop Off.
(Athletes need to be able to hit the sequence with confidence on two partners, without traveling.)

Flyer will master toss target/cupie and begin working full-ups, tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills.





Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
4 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 11+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.




Wednesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8-15)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
Lehi Thursday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+) **Starts Jan. 11th**
2 spots left
**NEW FORMAT** (Starts January 11th)
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! (Ages 6+)

Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover





Thursday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
This class is full
**NEW FORMAT**
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring





Thursday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Ninja 1 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Ground Skills: Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Drop Roll, Parkour Roll, Dive Roll, Precision Jumps, Strides.
Vaults: Safety Vault, Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, Turn Vault.
Wall Skills: Wall Run, Cat Grab, Handstand on the wall (20-30 seconds).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 3/4 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 2/3)
2 spots left
**NEW & IMPROVED ACRO PROGRAM**
Our NEW Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare athletes for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Acro 3 Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!




Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Ninja 2 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
**THIS SUMMER OUR NINJA CURRICULUM IS BRAND NEW! Be sure to sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT NINJA ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current ninja ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! (DTATumbling@gmail.com)

Prerequisites:
Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Pk Roll, Precision Jump, Speed Vault, Turn Vault, Lazy Vault, Wall Run, Cat Grab, Kick into Handstand on the wall, 10 pushups, 15 dips, 8 plank taps.

Skills Taught:
Ground Skills:
Back Bend (20-25 Seconds), Controlled Handstand Landing in a Lunge, Plyo, Macaco, Vaults, Reverse Vault, Dash Vault, Kong Vault, 360 Vault
Flips:
Front Flip on Trampoline, Back Tuck Drills
Wall Skills:
Climb Up, Tic Tac







Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Ninja 3/4 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
Athletes should be signed up in a class that reflects their CURRENT NINJA ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Ninja ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! (DTATumbling@gmail.com)

Prerequisites:
Macaco, Controlled handstand landing in lunge, Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Front Flip on Tramp, Back Tuck Drill, Tic Tac, Climb up, 30 Second Plank Hold, 30 Second Banana Hold.

Ninja 3 Skills Taught are as follows below + additional Ninja 4 skills.
Vaults: Double Kong, Kash Vault
Flips: Back Tuck with a Light Spot, Front Flip on the Floor, Wall Spin
Ground Skills: Kip Up, Inward 360 roll
Strength Section: Handstand on the wall 1-1.15 minutes, Plank 1-2 Min, Back Bend 35 seconds.











Thursday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Thursday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 1)
2 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Straight Leg Silly Side Kick Over, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials.



Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 1 (Ages 6-13) (Previously Named Pre-Acro)
5 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING/ACRO ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! (DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), Straight Leg Cartwheel. **Although this is a "Pre" Level, Pre-Acro is similar in leveling to Tumbling 2**

In Pre-Acro Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides.
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 9+)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 11+)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 4-6)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) Group 1
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8) Group 2 (STARTS JAN 12)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Ninja 2 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
**THIS SUMMER OUR NINJA CURRICULUM IS BRAND NEW! Be sure to sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT NINJA ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current ninja ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! (DTATumbling@gmail.com)

Prerequisites:
Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Pk Roll, Precision Jump, Speed Vault, Turn Vault, Lazy Vault, Wall Run, Cat Grab, Kick into Handstand on the wall, 10 pushups, 15 dips, 8 plank taps.

Skills Taught:
Ground Skills:
Back Bend (20-25 Seconds), Controlled Handstand Landing in a Lunge, Plyo, Macaco, Vaults, Reverse Vault, Dash Vault, Kong Vault, 360 Vault
Flips:
Front Flip on Trampoline, Back Tuck Drills
Wall Skills:
Climb Up, Tic Tac







Friday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
8 spots left
**NEW FORMAT** Geared Toward Skills for Dancers
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.






Friday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 1)
4 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Straight Leg Silly Side Kick Over, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Side Aerials, Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands.



Friday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lehi

Lindon Winter 2023-2024

Name
Days
Location
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:00 AM to 10:00 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-6)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 3-4)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 1)
3 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Straight Leg Silly Side Kick Over, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials.



Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Front Aerials (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front Aerials! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Solid Side Aerial, Solid Straight Leg Front Walkover




Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7) Group 2
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
8 spots left
**NEW FORMAT** Geared Toward Skills for Dancers
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.






Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Ninja 1 (Ages 6+)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Ground Skills: Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Drop Roll, Parkour Roll, Dive Roll, Precision Jumps, Strides.
Vaults: Safety Vault, Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, Turn Vault.
Wall Skills: Wall Run, Cat Grab, Handstand on the wall (20-30 seconds).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 9+)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
6 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
CLASS CLOSED---LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-11)
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 11+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-10)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Ninja 2/3 (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
**THIS SUMMER OUR NINJA CURRICULUM IS BRAND NEW! Be sure to sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT NINJA ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current ninja ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! (DTATumbling@gmail.com)

Prerequisites:
Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Pk Roll, Precision Jump, Speed Vault, Turn Vault, Lazy Vault, Wall Run, Cat Grab, Kick into Handstand on the wall, 10 pushups, 15 dips, 8 plank taps.

Skills Taught:
Ground Skills:
Back Bend (20-25 Seconds), Controlled Handstand Landing in a Lunge, Plyo, Macaco, Vaults, Reverse Vault, Dash Vault, Kong Vault, 360 Vault
Flips:
Front Flip on Trampoline, Back Tuck Drills
Wall Skills:
Climb Up, Tic Tac

Ninja 3 Skills Taught are as follows below.
Vaults: Double Kong, Kash Vault
Flips: Back Tuck with a Light Spot, Front Flip on the Floor, Wall Spin
Ground Skills: Kip Up, Inward 360 roll
Strength Section: Handstand on the wall 1-1.15 minutes, Plank 1-2 Min, Back Bend 35 seconds.






Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 7+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.




Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-12)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Foundations (Ages 8-14+)
This class is full
**NEW FORMAT** (Ages 8-11)
Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)

This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.





Tuesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Ninja 1 (Ages 6+) Starts Jan. 9th
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Ground Skills: Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Drop Roll, Parkour Roll, Dive Roll, Precision Jumps, Strides.
Vaults: Safety Vault, Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, Turn Vault.
Wall Skills: Wall Run, Cat Grab, Handstand on the wall (20-30 seconds).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Tuesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
4 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 1)
2 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Straight Leg Silly Side Kick Over, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials.



Tuesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 6-11)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
9 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Tuesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Acro 3/4 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 2/3)
8 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare athletes for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)



Acro 3 Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!



Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
11 spots left
**NEW FORMAT** Geared Toward Skills for Dancers
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.






Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intermediate Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $84 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit the following sequence: Toss Extension, Left/Right Liberty, Cupie, Pop Off.
(Athletes need to be able to hit the sequence with confidence on two partners, without traveling.)

Flyer will master toss target/cupie and begin working full-ups, tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills.





Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 3/4 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 2/3)
6 spots left
**NEW & IMPROVED ACRO PROGRAM**
Our NEW Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare athletes for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)


Acro 2 Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Acro 3 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!




Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.




Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
8 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6+) (Previously Named Acro 1)
4 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Straight Leg Silly Side Kick Over, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials.



Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-11) (Previously Named Pre-Acro)
2 spots left
Our NEW Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

Be sure to READ PREREQUISITES CAREFULLY and sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT TUMBLING/ACRO ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current Acro ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! (DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), Straight Leg Cartwheel. **Although this is a "Pre" Level, Pre-Acro is similar in leveling to Tumbling 2**

In Pre-Acro Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides.
Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Ninja 2 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
**THIS SUMMER OUR NINJA CURRICULUM IS BRAND NEW! Be sure to sign your athlete up in a class that reflects their CURRENT NINJA ABILITY. If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Summer you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current ninja ability you can schedule an evaluation via email! (DTATumbling@gmail.com)

Prerequisites:
Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Pk Roll, Precision Jump, Speed Vault, Turn Vault, Lazy Vault, Wall Run, Cat Grab, Kick into Handstand on the wall, 10 pushups, 15 dips, 8 plank taps.

Skills Taught:
Ground Skills:
Back Bend (20-25 Seconds), Controlled Handstand Landing in a Lunge, Plyo, Macaco, Vaults, Reverse Vault, Dash Vault, Kong Vault, 360 Vault
Flips:
Front Flip on Trampoline, Back Tuck Drills
Wall Skills:
Climb Up, Tic Tac







Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
**NEW FORMAT**
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring




Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Ninja 1 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Ground Skills: Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Drop Roll, Parkour Roll, Dive Roll, Precision Jumps, Strides.
Vaults: Safety Vault, Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, Turn Vault.
Wall Skills: Wall Run, Cat Grab, Handstand on the wall (20-30 seconds).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Specialty Class Working Back Handsprings (Ages 8+) **Starts Dec. 6th**
This class is full
**NEW FORMAT** (Starts December 6th)
Specialty Class Working Back Handsprings! (Ages 8+)

Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover





Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages All Ages)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1/ Ninja Hybrid (Ages 3-5) **Starts Feb. 22nd**
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Tumbling 1/Ninja Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:15 PM to 4:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-10)
3 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Straight Leg Kick Over (Bonus), Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Opposite Side Kick Over, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 9+)
6 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, One Handed Cartwheel, Solid Round Off (feet landing together and has a rebound), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
**NEW FORMAT**
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring





Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $84 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmai.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit a full-ups, full-arounds, high to high tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills on three different bases without traveling.

Flyers will continue to master intermediate skills and begin to work the four basic elite level stunts: Rewinds, Front Handspring-ups, Back Handspring-ups, and Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs.



Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Ninja 1 (Ages 6+)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Ground Skills: Back Bend, Cartwheel, Backward Roll, Drop Roll, Parkour Roll, Dive Roll, Precision Jumps, Strides.
Vaults: Safety Vault, Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, Turn Vault.
Wall Skills: Wall Run, Cat Grab, Handstand on the wall (20-30 seconds).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 8+) **Starts Nov. 9th**
3 spots left
**NEW FORMAT** (Starts November 9th)
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! (Ages 8+)

Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover





Thursday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight). If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs, Tumbling 3.1 will be a better place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress faster in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

Thursday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
1 spot left
**Athletes should be signed up for their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.**
If your athlete masters new skills and moves up before Fall you can contact our DTA Support Team to edit your class choices. If you do not know your athletes current tumbling ability you can schedule an evaluation via email. ( DTATumbling@mgail.com)

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Intermediate Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $84 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit the following sequence: Toss Extension, Left/Right Liberty, Cupie, Pop Off.
(Athletes need to be able to hit the sequence with confidence on two partners, without traveling.)

Flyer will master toss target/cupie and begin working full-ups, tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills.





Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
**NEW FORMAT**
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)

Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring





Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon

Private Lessons

Name
Days
Location
Private Lessons with Coach Aislee
192 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Aislee send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Aislee and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Anthony
196 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Anthony send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Anthony and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Avery
198 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Avery send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Avery and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Bayley
199 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Bayley send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Bayley and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Braden
195 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Braden send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Braden and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Camden
200 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Camden send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info! If you have contacted Coach Camden and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Caroline
185 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Anthony send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Anthony and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Ethan
199 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Ethan send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Ethan and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Hailee
195 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Hailee send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Hailee and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Haisley
187 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Haisley send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Haisley and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Jake
198 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Jake send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Jake and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Jon
199 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Jon send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Jon and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Lauren
182 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Lauren send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Lauren and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Layla
199 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Layla send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Layla and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Luke
197 spots left
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Michael
200 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Michael send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Aislee and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Nathan
199 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Nathan send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Nathan and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Noah
199 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Noah send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Noah and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Riley
198 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Riley send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Riley and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Sadie
198 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Sadie send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Sadie and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Stockton
186 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Stockton send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Stockton and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Zach
194 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Zach send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Zach and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
7:00 AM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Addy
173 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Addy send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Addy and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Private Lessons with Coach Jordan
132 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Jordan send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Jordan and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Brecklyn
164 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Brecklyn send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Brecklyn and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Bridger
135 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Bridger send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Bridger and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Caity
173 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Caity send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Caity and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Kaitlan
34 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Kaitlan send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Kaitlan and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Oz
200 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Oz send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request his contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Oz and plan to do lessons with him, join this queue so he can keep track of you as a client and know you have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Rocky
94 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Rocky send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Rocky and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi
Tumbling Lessons with Coach Whitney
158 spots left
If you have interest in doing private lessons with Coach Whitney send an email to DTATumbling@gmail.com to request her contact info!
If you have contacted Coach Whitney and plan to do lessons with her, join this queue so she can keep track of you as a client and know you
have liability on file! Thanks!

(You will need to join this online queue BEFORE participating in private lessons with this coach.)
**Scheduling & Payment will go directly through the coach you are working with.**


Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
6:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lehi

Click HERE for LEHI SUMMER CLASSES

Name
Days
Location
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 9+)
9 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-10)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Cheer Foundations (Ages 11+)
16 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Monday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Cheer Flexibility (Ages 9+)
This class is full
Get ready to elevate your cheer game with our Flexibility Class designed exclusively for cheerleaders! In this dynamic and targeted class, you'll focus on enhancing your range of motion, improving your jumps and kicks and more! Whether you're aiming for higher jumps, flawless splits, or perfecting your toe touches, this class will empower you to reach new heights in your cheerleading journey. Join us and unleash your full potential on the mat and on the sidelines!
Monday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
Lehi Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 5!

Firm Prerequisites: Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring (with a rebound), Solid Standing Tuck.

Athletes will get the opportunity to work on Standing Back Handspring Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Toe Touch Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Front Tucks & More!
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
4 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.




Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 1 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Tuesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 4/ Intro to Tricking Hybrid (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
**New Format** Welcome to our Parkour 4/ Intro to Tricking Hybrid Class!
Athletes will get the opportunity to keep refining their Parkour skills while also diving into a fresh style of movement that mixes Tumbling, Parkour, Break Dancing, and more!

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision, & More!
Tuesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
1 spot left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.






Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Advanced Jumps & Leaps Strengthening (Ages 8+)
13 spots left
COME JUMP WITH US THIS SUMMER!
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Side Leap, Split Leap, Tilt Jump.

Skills Taught: Switch Side Leap, 540 Jump, Spinning Disc, Switch Arabesque, Switch Tilt, Spinning C-Jump, Backwards Hook Jump, Knee Drop Jump, Axel Knee Drop, Turning Split Jumps & More!
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
4 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6-10)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Cheer Foundations (Ages 7-10)
This class is full
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 4 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Cheer Flexibility (Ages 9+)
This class is full
Get ready to elevate your cheer game with our Flexibility Class designed exclusively for cheerleaders! In this dynamic and targeted class, you'll focus on enhancing your range of motion, improving your jumps and kicks and more! Whether you're aiming for higher jumps, flawless splits, or perfecting your toe touches, this class will empower you to reach new heights in your cheerleading journey. Join us and unleash your full potential on the mat and on the sidelines!
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
This class is full
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Wednesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Wednesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Wednesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Wednesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Thursday
2:45 AM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-10)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Cheer Foundations (Ages 11+)
16 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 2 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thusday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Cheer Foundations (Ages 7-10)
10 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Intro to Acro (Ages 9+)
6 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
11 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.






Thursday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Thursday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Standing Tucks (Ages 10+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Thursday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 2 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Thursday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.




Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
4 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Cheer Jumps (Ages 10+)
This class is full
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Friday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Acro 1 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Friday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Parkour 5 (Ages 6+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
360 Dive Roll (suicide roll), Palm Flip, Wall Flip, Side Flip, Jonah, Gaet Flip, Cast Away, Front Flip Precision, Back Full.
Friday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Parkour 4/ Intro to Tricking Hybrid (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
**New Format** Welcome to our Parkour 4/ Intro to Tricking Hybrid Class!
Athletes will get the opportunity to keep refining their Parkour skills while also diving into a fresh style of movement that mixes Tumbling, Parkour, Break Dancing, and more!

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision, & More!
Friday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI FRIDAY Intro to Tricking (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
**NEW FORMAT** Welcome to TRICKING!
Come join us for our Tricking Program here at DTA! Explore a new type of movement that combines aspects of Tumbling, Parkour, Break Dancing, and More! If your athlete is in one of our Parkour 4 classes, Tricking would be a great compliment to that class!

If your athlete is not currently in a Parkour 4 class we will require them to already be able to perform the following skills:
Back Flip (with a light spot), Front Flip (on the tumble track), Cartwheel, Backbend (hold for 10 seconds with straight arms), Controlled Handstand.
Friday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Friday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi

Click HERE for LINDON SUMMER CLASSES

Name
Days
Location
LINDON Tuesday Acro 1 (Ages 10+)
9 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LINDON Thursday Acro 1 (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LINDON Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Adult Conditioning (Ages 16+)
20 spots left
Strength & Conditioning for Adults (Ages 16+)
This class offers a comprehensive workout focusing on building strength, improving endurance, and enhancing overall fitness levels. Whether you're a seasoned athlete or new to fitness, our coaches will guide you through a variety of exercises designed to challenge and motivate you. From cardio circuits to strength training and core work, this class will help you achieve your fitness goals in a supportive and encouraging environment. Come Join Us!

**This class is billed separately from other classes and is $35 monthly.**
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 4 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Tricking (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
**NEW FORMAT** Welcome to TRICKING!
Come join us for our Tricking Program here at DTA! Explore a new type of movement that combines aspects of Tumbling, Parkour, Break Dancing, and More! If your athlete is in one of our Parkour 4 classes, Tricking would be a great compliment to that class!

If your athlete is not currently in a Parkour 4 class we will require them to already be able to perform the following skills:
Back Flip (with a light spot), Front Flip (on the tumble track), Cartwheel, Backbend (hold for 10 seconds with straight arms), Controlled Handstand.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 5!

Firm Prerequisites: Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring (with a rebound), Solid Standing Tuck.

Athletes will get the opportunity to work on Standing Back Handspring Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Toe Touch Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Front Tucks & More!
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 2 (Ages 6-10)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Monday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
16 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.






Monday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON MONDAY Cheer Foundations (Ages 11+)
14 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-8)
7 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 5 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
360 Dive Roll (suicide roll), Palm Flip, Wall Flip, Side Flip, Jonah, Gaet Flip, Cast Away, Front Flip Precision, Back Full.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.




Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 10+)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
10 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
9 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-10)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Adult Conditioning (Ages 16+)
20 spots left
Strength & Conditioning for Adults (Ages 16+)
This class offers a comprehensive workout focusing on building strength, improving endurance, and enhancing overall fitness levels. Whether you're a seasoned athlete or new to fitness, our coaches will guide you through a variety of exercises designed to challenge and motivate you. From cardio circuits to strength training and core work, this class will help you achieve your fitness goals in a supportive and encouraging environment. Come Join Us!

**This class is billed separately from other classes and is $35 monthly.**
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-8)
5 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Acro 2 (Ages 10+)
9 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
9 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.




Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Foundations (Ages 7-10)
11 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
Lindon Tuesday Intro to Acro (Ages 9+)
9 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Tucks (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Jumps (Ages 7-13)
3 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Foundations (Ages 11+)
18 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Tuesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
9 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Foundations (Ages 7-10)
19 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
10 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Flexibility (Ages 9+)
2 spots left
Get ready to elevate your cheer game with our Flexibility Class designed exclusively for cheerleaders! In this dynamic and targeted class, you'll focus on enhancing your range of motion, improving your jumps and kicks and more! Whether you're aiming for higher jumps, flawless splits, or perfecting your toe touches, this class will empower you to reach new heights in your cheerleading journey. Join us and unleash your full potential on the mat and on the sidelines!
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
12 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-8)
10 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6-10)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
Lindon Wednesday Intro to Acro (Ages 9+)
10 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Adult Conditioning (Ages 16+)
20 spots left
Strength & Conditioning for Adults (Ages 16+)
This class offers a comprehensive workout focusing on building strength, improving endurance, and enhancing overall fitness levels. Whether you're a seasoned athlete or new to fitness, our coaches will guide you through a variety of exercises designed to challenge and motivate you. From cardio circuits to strength training and core work, this class will help you achieve your fitness goals in a supportive and encouraging environment. Come Join Us!

**This class is billed separately from other classes and is $35 monthly.**
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
15 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.






Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Front Aerials & Acro Combos (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front Aerials & Acro Combos! (Ages 7+)
**If an athlete already has their good side front aerial, they could join this class and work on opposite side if the'd like!**


Prerequisites: Solid Side Aerial, Solid Straight Leg Front Walkover
In this class athletes will work on mastering their Front Aerials and will also get the opportunity to work on new, fun and challenging Acro Combos!



Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Tucks (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.




Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
9 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
Lindon Wednesday Advanced Jumps & Leaps Strengthening (Ages 8+)
16 spots left
COME JUMP WITH US THIS SUMMER!
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Side Leap, Split Leap, Tilt Jump.

Skills Taught: Switch Side Leap, 540 Jump, Spinning Disc, Switch Arabesque, Switch Tilt, Spinning C-Jump, Backwards Hook Jump, Knee Drop Jump, Axel Knee Drop, Turning Split Jumps & More!
Wednesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
9 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.




Wednesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6-10)
9 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!



Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Cheer Jumps (Ages 10+)
8 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Cheer Jumps (Ages 7-13)
11 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 5!

Firm Prerequisites: Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring (with a rebound), Solid Standing Tuck.

Athletes will get the opportunity to work on Standing Back Handspring Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Toe Touch Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Front Tucks & More!
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 5!

Firm Prerequisites: Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring (with a rebound), Solid Standing Tuck.

Athletes will get the opportunity to work on Standing Back Handspring Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Toe Touch Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Front Tucks & More!
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-10)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Thursday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
7 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 5/ Intro to Tricking Hybrid (Ages 6+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
360 Dive Roll (suicide roll), Palm Flip, Wall Flip, Side Flip, Jonah, Gaet Flip, Cast Away, Front Flip Precision, Back Full.
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Adult Conditioning (Ages 16+)
20 spots left
Strength & Conditioning for Adults (Ages 16+)
This class offers a comprehensive workout focusing on building strength, improving endurance, and enhancing overall fitness levels. Whether you're a seasoned athlete or new to fitness, our coaches will guide you through a variety of exercises designed to challenge and motivate you. From cardio circuits to strength training and core work, this class will help you achieve your fitness goals in a supportive and encouraging environment. Come Join Us!

**This class is billed separately from other classes and is $35 monthly.**
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
10 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 4 (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon